]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
update .mailmap a bit more
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 235:
4
5 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
6 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
7 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
8 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
9 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
10 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
11 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
12 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
13
14 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
15 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
16 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
17 used to change those values.
18
19 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
20 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
21 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
22 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
23 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
24 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
25
26 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
27 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
28 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
29 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
30
31 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
32 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
33 one top-level directory.
34
35 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
36 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
37 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
38 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
39 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
40 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
41 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
42 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
43 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
44 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
45 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
46 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
47 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
48 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
49 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
50
51 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
52 Meson-only.
53
54 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
55 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
56 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
57 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
58 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
59 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
60 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
61 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
62 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
63 acceptable to us.
64
65 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
66 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
67 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
68 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
69 host name open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
70 requested at build time.
71
72 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
73 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
74 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
75 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
76 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
77 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
78 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
79 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
80 Type= setting which permits configuring
81 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
82
83 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
84 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
85 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
86 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
87 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
88 local frames between bridge ports.
89
90 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
91 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
92 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
93
94 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
95 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
96
97 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
98 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
99 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
100 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
101
102 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
103 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
104 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
105 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
106 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
107 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
108 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
109 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
110
111 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
112 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
113 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
114 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
115 command.)
116
117 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
118 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
119 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
120
121 * New system call filter groups @setuid, @memlock, @signal and
122 @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
123 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
124 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
125
126 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
127 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
128 configured, except for the credentials applied by
129 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
130 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
131 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
132 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
133 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
134 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
135 on systems where this is not supported.
136
137 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
138 sockets.
139
140 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
141 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
142 during runtime.
143
144 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
145 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
146 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
147
148 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
149 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
150 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
151
152 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
153 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
154 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
155 Following this logic, two new special targets
156 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
157 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
158 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
159
160 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
161 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
162 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
163 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
164
165 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
166 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
167 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
168 --wait".
169
170 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
171 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
172 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
173 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
174 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
175 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
176 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
177 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
178 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
179
180 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
181 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
182 containing information about the consumed resources of this
183 invocation.
184
185 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
186 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
187 processes.
188
189 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
190 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
191 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
192 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
193 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
194 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
195 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
196 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
197 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
198 systems for all five operations.
199
200 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
201 the system.
202
203 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
204 than UTC or the local timezone.
205
206 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
207 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
208 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
209 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
210 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
211 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
212 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
213 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
214
215 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
216 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
217 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
218 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
219 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
220 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
221 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
222 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
223 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
224 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
225 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
226 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
227 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
228 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
229 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
230 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
231 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
232 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
233 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
234 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
235
236 — Berlin, 2017-10-XX
237
238 CHANGES WITH 234:
239
240 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
241 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
242 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
243 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
244 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
245 summary:
246
247 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
248
249 becomes:
250
251 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
252
253 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
254 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
255 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
256 .device units.
257
258 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
259 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
260 running a systemd user instance.
261
262 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
263 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
264 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
265 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
266 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
267 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
268
269 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
270
271 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
272 (domain search list).
273
274 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
275 the Router Advertisment protocol. The new .network configuration
276 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
277 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
278 implementation of RA.
279
280 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
281 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
282 ISO date values.
283
284 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
285 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
286 devices.
287
288 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
289 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
290 option.
291
292 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
293 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
294 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
295 default yet.
296
297 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
298 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
299 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
300 SHA256SUMS files.
301
302 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
303 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
304
305 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
306
307 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
308
309 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
310 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
311
312 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
313 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
314 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
315 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
316
317 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
318 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
319 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
320 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
321 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
322 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
323 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
324 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
325 systemd-logind to be safe. See
326 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
327
328 * All kernel install plugins are called with the environment variable
329 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
330 /etc/machine-id. If the file is missing or empty, the variable is
331 empty and BOOT_DIR_ABS is the path of a temporary directory which is
332 removed after all the plugins exit. So, if KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID
333 is empty, all plugins should not put anything in BOOT_DIR_ABS.
334
335 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
336 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
337 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
338 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
339 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
340 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
341 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
342 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
343 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
344 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
345 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
346 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
347 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
348 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
349 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
350 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
351 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
352 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
353 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
354 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
355 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
356 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
357 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
358 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
359 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
360 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
361 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
362 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
363 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
364 Георгиевски
365
366 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
367
368 CHANGES WITH 233:
369
370 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
371 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
372 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
373 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
374 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
375 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
376 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
377 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
378 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
379
380 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
381 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
382 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
383 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
384 default selected on the configure command line
385 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
386 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
387 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
388 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
389 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
390 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
391 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
392 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
393 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
394 greatest stability and compatibility only.
395
396 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
397 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
398 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
399 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
400 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
401 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
402 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
403 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
404 further details about this.)
405
406 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
407 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
408 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
409
410 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
411 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
412
413 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
414 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
415 with 'make install-tests'.
416
417 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
418 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
419 kernel.
420
421 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
422 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
423 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
424 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
425 by the Slice= option.
426
427 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
428 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
429 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
430 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
431
432 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
433 following choices:
434
435 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
436 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
437 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
438 (h)elp
439 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
440 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
441 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
442 (y)es, execute the command
443
444 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
445 because its meaning was confusing.
446
447 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
448 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
449
450 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
451 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
452 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
453
454 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
455 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
456 state directly, without executing these commands.
457
458 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
459 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
460 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
461
462 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
463 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
464 combination with After=) have been started.
465
466 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
467 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
468 setting, and which system calls they contain.
469
470 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
471 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
472 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
473 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
474 configuration related calls.
475
476 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
477 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
478 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
479 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
480 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
481 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
482 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
483
484 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
485 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
486
487 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
488 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
489 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
490
491 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
492 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
493
494 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
495 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
496 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
497 for compatibility.
498
499 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
500 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
501
502 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
503 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
504
505 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
506 support for negative matching.
507
508 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
509
510 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
511 permitted runtime of the mount command.
512
513 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
514 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
515 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
516 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
517 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
518 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
519 removed from the drive.
520
521 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
522 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
523
524 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
525 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
526
527 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
528 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
529 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
530
531 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
532 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
533 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
534 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
535 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
536 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
537 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
538
539 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
540 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
541 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
542 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
543 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
544 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
545
546 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
547 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
548
549 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
550 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
551 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
552 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
553 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
554 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
555 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
556 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
557
558 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
559 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
560 including all control processes.
561
562 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
563 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
564 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
565
566 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
567 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
568 prefixing the source path with "+".
569
570 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
571 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
572 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
573 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
574 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
575 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlayed
576 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
577 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
578
579 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
580 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
581 before).
582
583 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
584 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
585 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
586 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
587 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
588 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
589 the new --root-hash= command line option).
590
591 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
592 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
593 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
594 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
595 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
596 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
597 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
598 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
599 versions.
600
601 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
602 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
603 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
604 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
605 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
606 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
607 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
608 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
609 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
610 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
611 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
612 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
613 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
614 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
615 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
616 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
617 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
618 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
619 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
620 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
621 a Verity-enabled root partition.
622
623 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
624 accelerometer quirks.
625
626 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
627 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
628 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
629 ID of each service.
630
631 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
632 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
633 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
634 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
635 view.
636
637 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
638 environment variables:
639
640 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/ENVIRONMENT.md
641
642 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
643 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
644 address.
645
646 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
647 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
648 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
649
650 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
651 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
652 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
653 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
654 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
655 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
656 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
657 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
658 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
659 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
660 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
661 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
662 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
663
664 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
665 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
666 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
667
668 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
669 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
670
671 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
672 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
673 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
674 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
675 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
676
677 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
678 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
679 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
680
681 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
682 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
683
684 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
685 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
686 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
687 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
688
689 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
690 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
691 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
692 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
693 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
694 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
695 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
696 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
697 possibly even including full integrity data.
698
699 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
700 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
701 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
702 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
703 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
704
705 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
706 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
707 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
708 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
709 directly with systemd-nspawn.
710
711 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
712 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
713 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
714 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
715
716 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
717 of coredumps in reverse order.
718
719 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
720 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
721 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
722 additional informational message in its output.
723
724 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
725 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
726 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
727
728 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
729 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
730 scripting languages such as Python.
731
732 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
733 namespacing is enabled for them.
734
735 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
736 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
737 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
738 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
739 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
740 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
741
742 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
743 root key (KSK).
744
745 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
746 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
747 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
748
749 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
750 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
751 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
752 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
753 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
754 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
755 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
756 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
757 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
758 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
759 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
760 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
761 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
762 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
763 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
764 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
765 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
766 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
767 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
768 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
769 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
770 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
771 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
772 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
773 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
774 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
775 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
776 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
777 Тихонов
778
779 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
780
781 CHANGES WITH 232:
782
783 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
784 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
785 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
786 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
787 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
788 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
789
790 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
791 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
792
793 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
794 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
795 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
796
797 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
798 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
799 to be remounted read-only for a service.
800
801 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
802 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
803 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
804 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
805
806 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
807 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
808
809 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
810 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
811 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
812
813 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
814 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
815 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
816 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
817 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
818 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
819 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
820 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
821 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
822 permanent modifications to the system.
823
824 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
825 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
826 container or chroot environments.
827
828 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
829 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
830 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
831 mapped to nobody.
832
833 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
834 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
835 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
836 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
837
838 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
839 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
840
841 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
842 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
843 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
844 and the support is provisional.
845
846 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
847 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
848 unit files in the file system).
849
850 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
851 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
852 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
853 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
854 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
855 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
856 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
857 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
858 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
859 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
860 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
861 state is fixed automatically.
862
863 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
864 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
865 option.
866
867 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
868 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
869 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
870 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
871 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
872 else.
873
874 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
875 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
876 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
877 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
878 bootable on physical systems.
879
880 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
881
882 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
883 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
884 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
885 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
886 used.
887
888 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
889 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
890 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
891 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
892
893 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
894
895 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
896 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
897 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
898 of the container).
899
900 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
901 files from the specified location.
902
903 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
904 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
905 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
906 be active.
907
908 * The hardware database has been extended to support
909 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
910 trackball devices.
911
912 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
913 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
914 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
915
916 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
917 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
918 specified service binary exited.)
919
920 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
921 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
922
923 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
924 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
925 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
926 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
927 --since= and --until= options.
928
929 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
930 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
931 are automatically propagated to the container.
932
933 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
934 from a single IP address can be limited with
935 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
936 MaxConnections=.
937
938 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
939 configuration.
940
941 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
942 drop-ins.
943
944 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
945 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
946 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
947 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
948 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
949 [Link] section of .link files.
950
951 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
952 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
953 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
954 section of .netdev files.
955
956 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
957 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
958 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
959
960 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
961 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
962 .network files.
963
964 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
965 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
966 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
967 service runtime cycle.
968
969 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
970 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
971 has been traditionally doing.
972
973 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
974 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
975 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
976 prevent any later plugins from running.
977
978 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
979 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
980 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
981 default of SplitMode=uid.
982
983 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
984 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
985 useful.
986
987 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
988 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
989 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
990 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
991 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
992 individual namespaces.
993
994 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
995 the output, as well as OS release information.
996
997 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
998
999 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
1000 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
1001 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
1002 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
1003 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
1004
1005 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
1006 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
1007 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
1008 severed.
1009
1010 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
1011 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
1012 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
1013 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
1014 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
1015 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
1016 information about exit statuses and results.
1017
1018 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
1019 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
1020 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
1021 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
1022 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
1023 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
1024
1025 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
1026
1027 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
1028 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
1029 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
1030 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
1031 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
1032 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
1033 entirely.
1034
1035 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
1036 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
1037 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
1038
1039 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
1040 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
1041 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
1042 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
1043 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
1044 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
1045 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
1046 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
1047 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
1048 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
1049 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
1050 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
1051 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
1052 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
1053 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
1054 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
1055 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
1056
1057 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
1058 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
1059 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
1060 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
1061
1062 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
1063 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
1064 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
1065 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
1066
1067 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
1068 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
1069 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
1070 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
1071 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
1072 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
1073 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
1074 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
1075 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
1076 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
1077 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
1078 fragment entirely.)
1079
1080 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
1081 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
1082 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
1083
1084 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
1085 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
1086 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
1087 FileDescriptorName= setting.
1088
1089 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
1090 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
1091 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
1092 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
1093 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
1094 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
1095
1096 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
1097 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
1098
1099 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
1100 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
1101
1102 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
1103 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
1104 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
1105 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
1106 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
1107
1108 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
1109 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
1110 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
1111 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
1112 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
1113 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
1114 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
1115 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
1116 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
1117 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
1118 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
1119 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
1120 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
1121 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
1122 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1123 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
1124 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
1125 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
1126 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
1127 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
1128 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
1129 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
1130 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
1131 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
1132 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1133 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
1134
1135 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
1136
1137 CHANGES WITH 231:
1138
1139 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
1140 with an additional special character as first argument of the
1141 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
1142 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
1143 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
1144 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
1145 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
1146 independently.
1147
1148 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
1149 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
1150
1151 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
1152 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
1153 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
1154 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
1155 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
1156 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
1157 values.
1158
1159 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
1160 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
1161 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
1162 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
1163 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
1164
1165 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
1166 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
1167 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
1168 7:10am every day.
1169
1170 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
1171 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
1172 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
1173 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
1174 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
1175 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
1176 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
1177 available for compatibility.
1178
1179 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
1180 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
1181 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
1182 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
1183 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
1184 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
1185
1186 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
1187 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
1188 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
1189 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
1190 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
1191 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
1192 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
1193 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
1194 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
1195
1196 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
1197 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
1198 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
1199 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
1200 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
1201 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
1202 desired options.
1203
1204 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
1205 cgroupsv2.
1206
1207 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
1208 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
1209 limited to subgroups of that group.
1210
1211 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
1212 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
1213 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
1214 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
1215 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
1216 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
1217 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
1218 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
1219
1220 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
1221 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
1222 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
1223 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
1224 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
1225 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
1226 own long-running services.
1227
1228 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
1229 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
1230 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
1231 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
1232
1233 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
1234 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
1235 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
1236 propagates this notification further to the service manager
1237 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
1238 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
1239 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
1240 primitives.
1241
1242 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
1243 "terminate".
1244
1245 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
1246 link-local IPv6 addresses.
1247
1248 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
1249 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
1250 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
1251 --flush-caches".
1252
1253 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
1254 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
1255 is shown.
1256
1257 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
1258 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
1259 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
1260 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
1261 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
1262 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
1263
1264 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
1265 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
1266 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
1267 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
1268 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
1269 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
1270 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
1271 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
1272 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
1273 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
1274 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
1275 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
1276 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
1277 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
1278 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
1279 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
1280 bus API instead.
1281
1282 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
1283 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
1284 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
1285 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
1286
1287 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
1288 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
1289 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
1290 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
1291
1292 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
1293 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
1294 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
1295
1296 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
1297 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
1298
1299 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
1300 interface configuration.
1301
1302 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
1303 specifying the --force switch.
1304
1305 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
1306 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
1307 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
1308
1309 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
1310 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
1311 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
1312 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
1313 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
1314 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
1315 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
1316 to be handled.
1317
1318 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
1319 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
1320
1321 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
1322 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
1323
1324 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
1325 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
1326 of persistent symlinks for that device.
1327
1328 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
1329 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
1330
1331 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
1332 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
1333 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
1334 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
1335 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
1336 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
1337 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1338 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
1339 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
1340 library.
1341
1342 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
1343 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
1344 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
1345 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
1346 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
1347 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
1348 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
1349 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
1350 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
1351 HACKING for details.
1352
1353 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
1354 distribution's bugtracker.
1355
1356 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
1357 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
1358 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
1359 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
1360 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
1361 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
1362 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
1363 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
1364 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
1365 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
1366 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
1367 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
1368 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
1369 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
1370 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
1371 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
1372 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
1373 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
1374 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1375
1376 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
1377
1378 CHANGES WITH 230:
1379
1380 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
1381 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
1382 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
1383 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
1384 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
1385 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
1386 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
1387 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
1388 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
1389 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
1390 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
1391 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
1392 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
1393 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
1394 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
1395 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
1396 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
1397 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
1398 applications.)
1399
1400 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
1401 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
1402 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
1403
1404 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
1405 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
1406 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
1407 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
1408 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
1409 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
1410 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
1411
1412 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
1413 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
1414 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
1415 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
1416 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
1417 command works for tmux.
1418
1419 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
1420 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
1421 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
1422 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
1423 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
1424 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
1425
1426 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
1427 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
1428
1429 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
1430 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
1431 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
1432
1433 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
1434
1435 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
1436 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
1437 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
1438 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
1439 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
1440
1441 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
1442 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
1443 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
1444 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
1445
1446 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
1447 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
1448 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
1449 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
1450 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
1451 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
1452
1453 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
1454 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
1455 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
1456
1457 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
1458 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
1459 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
1460 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
1461 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
1462 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
1463
1464 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
1465 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
1466 address.
1467
1468 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
1469 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
1470 should be emitted.
1471
1472 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
1473 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
1474 supported.
1475
1476 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
1477 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
1478 logging performance.
1479
1480 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1481 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
1482 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
1483 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
1484 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
1485 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
1486
1487 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
1488 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
1489 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
1490 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
1491
1492 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
1493 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
1494
1495 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
1496 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
1497 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
1498
1499 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
1500
1501 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
1502 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
1503 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
1504 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
1505
1506 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
1507 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
1508 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
1509 refuse to operate on such files.
1510
1511 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
1512 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
1513 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
1514
1515 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
1516 just hidden container images.
1517
1518 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
1519 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
1520
1521 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
1522 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
1523 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
1524 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
1525 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
1526 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
1527 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
1528 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
1529 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
1530 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
1531 been changed to use this functionality by default.
1532
1533 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
1534 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
1535 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
1536 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
1537 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
1538 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
1539 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
1540 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
1541 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
1542 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
1543 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
1544 terminates.
1545
1546 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
1547 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
1548 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
1549 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
1550
1551 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
1552 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
1553 rate of the socket unit.
1554
1555 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
1556 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
1557 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
1558 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
1559 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
1560
1561 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
1562 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
1563 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
1564 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
1565 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
1566 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
1567 with this.
1568
1569 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
1570 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
1571
1572 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
1573 merged into the kernel in its current form.
1574
1575 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
1576 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
1577 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
1578 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
1579 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
1580
1581 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
1582 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
1583 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
1584
1585 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
1586 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
1587 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
1588 target is now included in early userspace.
1589
1590 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
1591 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
1592 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
1593 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
1594 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
1595 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
1596 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
1597 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
1598 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
1599 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
1600 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
1601 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
1602 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
1603 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
1604 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
1605 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
1606 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
1607 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
1608 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
1609 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
1610 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
1611 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
1612 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
1613 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
1614 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1615 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1616
1617 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
1618
1619 CHANGES WITH 229:
1620
1621 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
1622 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
1623 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
1624 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
1625 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
1626 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
1627 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
1628 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
1629 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
1630 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
1631 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
1632 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
1633 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
1634
1635 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
1636 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
1637 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
1638 /usr/bin.
1639
1640 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
1641 devices.
1642
1643 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
1644 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
1645 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
1646 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
1647 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
1648 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
1649 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
1650 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
1651 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
1652 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
1653 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
1654 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
1655 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
1656 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
1657 this limit.
1658
1659 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
1660 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
1661 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
1662 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
1663 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
1664 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
1665 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
1666 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
1667
1668 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
1669 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
1670 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
1671 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
1672 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
1673 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
1674 and group at package installation time.
1675
1676 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
1677 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
1678 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
1679 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
1680 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
1681
1682 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
1683 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
1684 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
1685 supports it.
1686
1687 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
1688 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
1689
1690 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
1691 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
1692 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
1693 file is already initialized.
1694
1695 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
1696 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
1697 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
1698 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
1699 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
1700 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
1701 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
1702 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
1703 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
1704
1705 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
1706 working directory for the process started in the container.
1707
1708 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
1709 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
1710 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
1711 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
1712 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
1713
1714 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
1715 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
1716 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
1717
1718 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
1719 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
1720 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
1721 sd_journal_restart_fields().
1722
1723 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
1724 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
1725 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
1726 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
1727 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
1728
1729 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
1730 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
1731 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
1732 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
1733
1734 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
1735 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
1736 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
1737 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
1738 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
1739 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
1740 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
1741 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
1742 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
1743 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
1744 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
1745 by PID 1.
1746
1747 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
1748 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
1749 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
1750 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
1751 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
1752 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
1753 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
1754 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
1755
1756 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
1757
1758 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
1759 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
1760 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
1761
1762 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
1763 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
1764 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
1765 recent kernels.
1766
1767 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
1768 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
1769
1770 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
1771 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1772 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1773 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1774 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1775 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1776 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1777 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1778 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1779 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
1780 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
1781 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1782 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
1783
1784 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
1785 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1786 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1787 clusters or larger setups.
1788
1789 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1790
1791 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1792 sockets.
1793
1794 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1795
1796 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1797 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1798 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1799 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1800 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1801 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1802
1803 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1804 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1805 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1806
1807 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1808 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
1809 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1810 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
1811
1812 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
1813
1814 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1815 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1816 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1817 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1818 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1819 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1820 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1821 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1822 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1823 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1824 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1825 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1826 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1827 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1828 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1829 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1830 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1831 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1832 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1833
1834 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
1835
1836 CHANGES WITH 228:
1837
1838 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1839 files are now also available as properties to set when
1840 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1841 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1842 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1843 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1844 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1845 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1846 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1847
1848 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1849 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1850 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
1851
1852 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1853 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1854 created transiently.
1855
1856 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1857 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1858 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1859 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1860 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
1861 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
1862 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1863 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1864
1865 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1866 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1867 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1868
1869 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1870 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1871 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1872 enabled.
1873
1874 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1875 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1876 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1877 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1878 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1879 subvolumes.
1880
1881 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1882 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1883
1884 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
1885 individual indexes.
1886
1887 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1888 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1889 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1890 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1891 suffixes now.
1892
1893 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1894 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1895 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1896 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1897 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1898 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1899 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1900 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1901 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1902 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1903 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1904 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1905 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1906 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1907 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1908 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1909 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1910 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1911 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1912 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1913 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1914
1915 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1916 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1917 links between the host and the container.
1918
1919 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1920 added that allows importing select environment variables
1921 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1922 the service.
1923
1924 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
1925 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
1926 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1927 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1928 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1929 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1930 than until they first elapse.
1931
1932 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
1933 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1934 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
1935 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1936 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1937 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1938 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1939 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1940
1941 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1942 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1943 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1944 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1945 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1946 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1947 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
1948 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
1949 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1950 journal and in coredump handling.
1951
1952 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1953 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1954 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
1955 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
1956 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1957 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1958 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1959 software you package still references it, as this is a
1960 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1961 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1962
1963 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
1964
1965 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1966 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1967
1968 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1969 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1970 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1971
1972 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1973 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1974 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1975 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1976 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1977 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1978 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1979 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1980 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1981 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1982 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1983 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1984 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1985 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1986 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1987 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1988
1989 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1990 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1991 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1992 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1993 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1994 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1995 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1996 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1997 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1998 surprises.
1999
2000 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
2001 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
2002 to the various user database fields of the user that the
2003 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
2004 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
2005 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
2006 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
2007 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
2008 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
2009 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
2010 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
2011 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
2012 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
2013 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
2014 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
2015 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
2016 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
2017 of PID 1 is the root user).
2018
2019 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
2020 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
2021 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2022 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
2023 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2024 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
2025 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
2026 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
2027 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
2028 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
2029 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
2030 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
2031 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2032 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
2033 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2034
2035 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
2036
2037 CHANGES WITH 227:
2038
2039 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
2040 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
2041 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
2042
2043 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
2044 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
2045 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
2046 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
2047 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
2048 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
2049
2050 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
2051 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
2052 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
2053 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
2054 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
2055
2056 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
2057 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
2058 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
2059 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
2060 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
2061 packets on unestablished sockets.
2062
2063 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
2064 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
2065 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
2066 automatically.
2067
2068 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
2069 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
2070 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
2071
2072 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
2073 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
2074 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
2075 for disk IO.
2076
2077 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
2078 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
2079 removed.
2080
2081 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
2082 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
2083 directory is set to the home directory of the user
2084 configured in User=.
2085
2086 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
2087 directory of the selected user by default.
2088
2089 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
2090 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
2091 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
2092 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
2093 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
2094 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
2095 compat reasons.
2096
2097 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
2098 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
2099 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
2100 units.
2101
2102 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
2103 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
2104 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
2105 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
2106 level.
2107
2108 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
2109 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
2110 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
2111 namespaces work correctly.
2112
2113 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
2114 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
2115 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
2116 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
2117 activation.
2118
2119 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
2120 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
2121 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
2122 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
2123 system instance in a container.
2124
2125 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
2126 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
2127 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
2128 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
2129 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
2130 connections.
2131
2132 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
2133 show the control groups within a certain container only.
2134
2135 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
2136 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
2137 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
2138 processes attached, or similar.
2139
2140 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
2141 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
2142 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
2143
2144 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
2145 specifiers like %i or %f.
2146
2147 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
2148 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
2149 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
2150 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
2151
2152 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
2153 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
2154 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
2155 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
2156 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
2157 descriptors using sd_notify().
2158
2159 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
2160
2161 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
2162 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
2163
2164 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
2165 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
2166
2167 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
2168 .network files.
2169
2170 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
2171 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
2172 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
2173 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
2174 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
2175 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
2176 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
2177 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
2178 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
2179 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
2180 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
2181 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
2182 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
2183 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
2184 gdm-autologin is used.
2185
2186 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
2187 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
2188 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
2189 next to the image file.
2190
2191 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
2192 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
2193 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
2194 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
2195
2196 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
2197 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
2198 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
2199 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
2200 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
2201 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
2202
2203 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
2204 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
2205 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
2206 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
2207 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
2208 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
2209 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
2210 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
2211 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
2212 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
2213 number of files in place.
2214
2215 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
2216 on kernels where that is supported.
2217
2218 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
2219
2220 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
2221 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
2222 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
2223 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
2224 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
2225 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
2226 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
2227 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
2228 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
2229 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
2230 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2231 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
2232 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
2233 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
2234 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
2235 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2236 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
2237 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
2238
2239 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
2240
2241 CHANGES WITH 226:
2242
2243 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
2244 new features:
2245
2246 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
2247 information. It may be enabled and configured via
2248 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
2249 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
2250 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
2251 is any) is propagated.
2252
2253 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
2254 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
2255 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
2256 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
2257 information is enabled between host and containers by
2258 default now: the container will change its local timezone
2259 to what the host has set.
2260
2261 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
2262 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
2263
2264 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
2265 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
2266 information back, even if the server loses state.
2267
2268 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
2269 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
2270 PoolSize=.
2271
2272 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
2273 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
2274 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
2275 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
2276
2277 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
2278 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
2279 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
2280 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
2281 'dbus-daemon' systems.
2282
2283 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
2284 for virtio devices.
2285
2286 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
2287 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
2288 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
2289 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
2290 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
2291 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
2292 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
2293 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
2294 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
2295 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
2296 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
2297 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
2298 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
2299 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
2300 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
2301 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
2302 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
2303 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
2304 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
2305 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
2306 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
2307 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
2308 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
2309 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
2310 grants them.
2311
2312 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
2313 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
2314 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
2315 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
2316 group tree.
2317
2318 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
2319 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
2320 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
2321 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
2322 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
2323 work correctly in containers now.
2324
2325 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
2326 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
2327
2328 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
2329 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
2330 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
2331 function call is particularly useful when implementing
2332 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
2333
2334 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
2335 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
2336 signal events.
2337
2338 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
2339 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
2340 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
2341 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
2342 on these parameters.
2343
2344 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
2345 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
2346 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
2347 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
2348 nspawn command line.
2349
2350 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
2351 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
2352 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
2353 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
2354 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
2355 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
2356 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
2357 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
2358
2359 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
2360
2361 CHANGES WITH 225:
2362
2363 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
2364 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
2365 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
2366 shell directly without prompting for username or
2367 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
2368 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
2369 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
2370 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
2371 the originating session.
2372
2373 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
2374 options and allows other programs to query the values.
2375
2376 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
2377 longer enforced with this release. The previous
2378 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
2379 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
2380 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
2381 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
2382 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
2383 this release.
2384
2385 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
2386 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
2387 messages.
2388
2389 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
2390 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
2391 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
2392
2393 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
2394 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
2395
2396 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
2397 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
2398 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
2399 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
2400 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
2401 posteriori.
2402
2403 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
2404 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
2405
2406 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
2407 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
2408 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
2409 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
2410 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
2411 "lastlog" tools.
2412
2413 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
2414 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
2415 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
2416 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
2417 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
2418
2419 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
2420 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
2421 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
2422 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2423 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
2424 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
2425 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
2426 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
2427 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
2428 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
2429 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
2430 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2431
2432 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
2433
2434 CHANGES WITH 224:
2435
2436 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
2437 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
2438
2439 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
2440 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
2441 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
2442
2443 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
2444 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
2445 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
2446
2447 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
2448
2449 CHANGES WITH 223:
2450
2451 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
2452 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
2453 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
2454 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2455
2456 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
2457 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
2458
2459 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
2460 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
2461
2462 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
2463
2464 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
2465 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
2466 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
2467
2468 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
2469 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
2470 decapsulated packet.
2471
2472 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
2473 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
2474 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
2475 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
2476 netlink attribute.
2477
2478 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
2479 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
2480 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
2481 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
2482
2483 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
2484 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
2485 according to RFC2460.
2486
2487 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
2488 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
2489
2490 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
2491 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
2492 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
2493
2494 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
2495 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
2496 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
2497 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
2498 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
2499 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
2500
2501 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
2502 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2503 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
2504 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
2505 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
2506 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
2507 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
2508 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
2509 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
2510 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2511
2512 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
2513
2514 CHANGES WITH 222:
2515
2516 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
2517 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
2518 or should be used to work around such bugs.
2519
2520 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
2521 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
2522
2523 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
2524 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
2525 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
2526 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
2527 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
2528
2529 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
2530 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
2531 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
2532
2533 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
2534 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
2535 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
2536 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
2537 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
2538
2539 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
2540
2541 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
2542 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
2543 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
2544 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
2545 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
2546 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2547 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
2548 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2549 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2550 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2551
2552 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
2553
2554 CHANGES WITH 221:
2555
2556 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
2557 stable and have been added to the official interface of
2558 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
2559 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
2560 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
2561 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
2562 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
2563 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
2564 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
2565 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
2566 portable to other kernels.
2567
2568 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
2569 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
2570 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
2571 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
2572 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
2573 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
2574 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
2575 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
2576 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
2577 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
2578 systemd enabled.
2579
2580 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
2581 2.26.
2582
2583 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
2584 favor of calling an abstraction tool
2585 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
2586 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
2587 in README for details.
2588
2589 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
2590 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
2591 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
2592 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
2593 unit.
2594
2595 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
2596 into man pages.
2597
2598 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
2599 external project.
2600
2601 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
2602 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
2603
2604 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
2605 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
2606 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
2607 state.
2608
2609 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
2610 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
2611 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
2612
2613 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
2614 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
2615 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
2616 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
2617 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
2618 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
2619 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
2620 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
2621 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
2622 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2623 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
2624 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
2625 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
2626 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2627 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
2628 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2629
2630 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
2631
2632 CHANGES WITH 220:
2633
2634 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
2635 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
2636 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
2637 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
2638 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
2639 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
2640 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
2641 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
2642
2643 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
2644 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
2645 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
2646 service consumed). This value is only available if
2647 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
2648 in the "systemctl status" output.
2649
2650 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
2651 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
2652 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
2653 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
2654 previously was already the default behaviour).
2655
2656 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
2657 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
2658 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
2659
2660 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
2661 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
2662 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
2663 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
2664
2665 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
2666 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
2667 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
2668 journalling file systems that support external journal
2669 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
2670 systems to be mounted.
2671
2672 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
2673 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
2674 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
2675 stable release this should not be problematic.
2676
2677 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
2678 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
2679 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
2680 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
2681 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
2682
2683 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
2684 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
2685 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
2686 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
2687 network switches.
2688
2689 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
2690 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
2691
2692 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
2693 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
2694 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
2695
2696 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
2697
2698 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
2699 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
2700 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
2701 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
2702 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
2703 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
2704 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
2705 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
2706 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
2707 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
2708 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
2709 been fixed in v220.
2710
2711 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
2712 systemd-networkd.
2713
2714 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
2715 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
2716 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
2717 containers started from the command line.
2718
2719 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
2720 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
2721
2722 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
2723 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
2724 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
2725 indirection via a pseudo tty.
2726
2727 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
2728 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
2729 when shutting down.
2730
2731 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
2732 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
2733 overlayfs support.
2734
2735 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
2736 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
2737 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
2738 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
2739 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
2740 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
2741 images are imported via systemd-importd.
2742
2743 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
2744 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
2745 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
2746
2747 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
2748 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
2749 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
2750 of v1 as before).
2751
2752 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
2753 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
2754
2755 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
2756 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
2757 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
2758 their own sessions without further privileges or
2759 authorization.
2760
2761 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
2762 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
2763 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
2764 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
2765 accessible via a bus interface.
2766
2767 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
2768 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
2769 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2770 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2771 to cover this functionality.
2772
2773 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
2774 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
2775 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2776 disabled/masked also stopped.
2777
2778 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
2779 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2780 updated to support systemd-boot.
2781
2782 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2783 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2784 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2785 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2786 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
2787 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
2788 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2789 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2790 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2791
2792 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2793 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2794 system.
2795
2796 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2797 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2798 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2799 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2800 device symlinks.
2801
2802 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2803 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2804 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2805 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2806
2807 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2808 stick devices has been added.
2809
2810 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2811 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2812
2813 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2814 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2815 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2816 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2817 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2818
2819 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2820 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2821 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2822
2823 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2824 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2825 Debian.
2826
2827 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2828 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2829 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2830
2831 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2832 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2833 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2834 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2835 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2836 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2837 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2838 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2839 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2840 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2841 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2842 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2843 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2844 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2845 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2846 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2847 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2848 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2849 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2850 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2851 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2852 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2853 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2854 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2855 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2856 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2857 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2858
2859 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
2860
2861 CHANGES WITH 219:
2862
2863 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2864 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2865 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2866 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2867 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2868 interface with and update the database.
2869
2870 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2871 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2872 before bytewise copying is done.
2873
2874 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2875 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2876 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2877 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2878 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2879 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2880 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2881 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2882 available on btrfs file systems.
2883
2884 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2885 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
2886 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
2887 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2888 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2889 systems.
2890
2891 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2892 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2893 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2894 mount point remains.
2895
2896 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2897 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2898 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2899 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2900 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2901 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2902 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2903 are disabled.
2904
2905 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2906 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2907 container to the host or vice versa.
2908
2909 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2910 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2911 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2912
2913 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2914 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2915
2916 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2917 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2918 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2919 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2920 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2921 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2922 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2923 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2924 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
2925 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
2926 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2927 make the functionality of importd available to the
2928 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2929 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2930 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2931 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2932 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2933 only fully supported on btrfs.
2934
2935 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2936 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2937 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2938 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2939 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2940 information about images.
2941
2942 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2943 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
2944 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
2945 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2946 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2947 legacy file systems).
2948
2949 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2950 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2951 shown in networkctl output.
2952
2953 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2954 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2955 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2956 processes as system services while interactively
2957 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2958 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2959 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2960 full login session, the difference being that the former
2961 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2962 setup.
2963
2964 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2965 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2966 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2967 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2968 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2969
2970 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2971 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2972 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2973 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2974 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2975 via qemu/kvm.
2976
2977 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2978 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2979 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2980 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2981 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2982 disk images, too.
2983
2984 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2985 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2986 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2987 integrate with that.
2988
2989 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2990 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2991 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2992 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2993
2994 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2995 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2996 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2997
2998 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2999 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
3000 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
3001 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
3002 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
3003 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
3004 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
3005 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
3006 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
3007 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
3008
3009 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
3010 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
3011 files.
3012
3013 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
3014 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
3015 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
3016 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
3017 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
3018 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
3019 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
3020 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
3021 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
3022 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
3023 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
3024 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
3025 explicitly turned on.
3026
3027 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
3028 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
3029 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
3030 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
3031
3032 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
3033 supported.
3034
3035 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
3036 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
3037 user/session following the status output. Similar,
3038 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
3039 associated with a virtual machine or container
3040 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
3041 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
3042 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
3043 output however.)
3044
3045 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
3046 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
3047 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
3048 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
3049 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
3050 caller's session/user.
3051
3052 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
3053 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
3054 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
3055 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
3056 user services.
3057
3058 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
3059 same way as unit files.
3060
3061 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
3062 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
3063 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
3064 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
3065 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
3066 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
3067 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
3068 the host.
3069
3070 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
3071 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
3072 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
3073 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
3074 the host as if their services were running directly on the
3075 host.
3076
3077 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
3078 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
3079 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
3080 updated to make use of it too by default.
3081
3082 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
3083 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
3084 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
3085 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
3086
3087 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
3088 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
3089 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
3090 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
3091 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
3092 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
3093 modification.
3094
3095 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
3096 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
3097 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
3098 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
3099 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
3100 information about Touchpad types.
3101
3102 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
3103 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
3104
3105 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
3106 Policy link field.
3107
3108 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
3109 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
3110
3111 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
3112 ACLs on files.
3113
3114 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
3115 tmpfs, automatically.
3116
3117 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
3118 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
3119 status" output, if available.
3120
3121 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
3122 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
3123 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
3124 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
3125 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
3126 run on next reboot.
3127
3128 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
3129 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
3130 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
3131 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
3132 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
3133 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
3134 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
3135
3136 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
3137 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
3138 after a configurable timeout.
3139
3140 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
3141 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
3142 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
3143 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
3144 it non-idle.
3145
3146 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
3147 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
3148
3149 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
3150 each .network interface in networkd.
3151
3152 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
3153 in .network files.
3154
3155 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
3156 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
3157
3158 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
3159 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
3160 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
3161 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
3162 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
3163 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
3164 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
3165 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
3166 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
3167 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
3168 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
3169 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3170 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
3171 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
3172 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
3173 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
3174 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
3175 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
3176 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
3177 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
3178 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
3179 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
3180 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
3181 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3182
3183 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
3184
3185 CHANGES WITH 218:
3186
3187 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
3188 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
3189 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
3190 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
3191
3192 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
3193 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
3194 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
3195 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
3196 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
3197
3198 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
3199
3200 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
3201 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
3202 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
3203 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
3204 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
3205 modified configuration after editing.
3206
3207 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
3208 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
3209 system preset files.
3210
3211 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
3212 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
3213 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
3214 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
3215 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
3216 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
3217 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
3218 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
3219 other contexts.
3220
3221 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
3222 inhibitors.
3223
3224 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
3225 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
3226 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
3227 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
3228 managers.
3229
3230 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
3231 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
3232 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
3233 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
3234 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
3235 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
3236 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
3237 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
3238 parallel to journald.
3239
3240 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
3241 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
3242 available.
3243
3244 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
3245 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
3246 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
3247 or are not older than the specified time.
3248
3249 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
3250 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
3251 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
3252 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
3253
3254 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
3255 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
3256 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
3257 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
3258 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
3259 communication.
3260
3261 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
3262 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
3263 services.
3264
3265 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
3266 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
3267 including their signature and values. This is particularly
3268 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
3269 the new "busctl tree" command.
3270
3271 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
3272 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
3273 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
3274 friendly way.
3275
3276 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
3277 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
3278 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
3279 race-ful way.
3280
3281 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
3282 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
3283 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
3284 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
3285 --link-journal=try-guest.
3286
3287 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
3288 stable MAC addresses.
3289
3290 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
3291 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
3292 the respective unit shall use.
3293
3294 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
3295 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
3296 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
3297 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
3298
3299 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
3300 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
3301 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
3302 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
3303 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
3304 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
3305
3306 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
3307 details see:
3308
3309 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
3310
3311 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
3312 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
3313 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
3314 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
3315 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
3316 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
3317 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
3318 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
3319 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
3320 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
3321 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
3322 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
3323
3324 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
3325 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
3326 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
3327 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
3328 bluetooth, ...) is used.
3329
3330 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
3331 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
3332 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
3333 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
3334 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
3335 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
3336 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
3337 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
3338
3339 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
3340 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
3341 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
3342 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
3343 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
3344 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
3345 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
3346 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
3347 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
3348 interface.
3349
3350 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
3351 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
3352 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
3353 luks.name= argument.
3354
3355 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
3356 (this was previously already available for scope and service
3357 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
3358 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
3359 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
3360 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
3361
3362 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
3363 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
3364 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
3365
3366 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
3367 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
3368 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
3369 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
3370 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
3371 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
3372 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
3373 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
3374 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
3375 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
3376 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
3377 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
3378 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
3379 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
3380 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
3381 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
3382 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
3383 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3384
3385 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
3386
3387 CHANGES WITH 217:
3388
3389 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
3390 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
3391 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
3392 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
3393
3394 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
3395 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
3396 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
3397 now waits until the operation is complete.
3398
3399 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
3400 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
3401 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
3402 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
3403 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
3404 connection.
3405
3406 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
3407 commands anymore.
3408
3409 * User units are now loaded also from
3410 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
3411 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
3412 supported, but is under the control of the user.
3413
3414 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
3415 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
3416 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
3417 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
3418 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
3419 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
3420 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
3421 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
3422 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
3423 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
3424 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
3425 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
3426 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
3427 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
3428 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
3429 question.
3430
3431 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
3432 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
3433 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
3434
3435 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
3436 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
3437 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
3438 command line to trigger resume.
3439
3440 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
3441 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
3442 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
3443 Desktop=systemd-console.
3444
3445 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
3446 systemd-networkd.
3447
3448 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
3449 from the information provided by the networking stack
3450 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
3451
3452 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
3453 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
3454
3455 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
3456 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
3457 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
3458
3459 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
3460
3461 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
3462 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
3463 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
3464 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
3465 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
3466 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
3467
3468 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
3469 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
3470 respected.
3471
3472 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
3473 virtualization.
3474
3475 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
3476 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
3477 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
3478 on.
3479
3480 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
3481
3482 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
3483
3484 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
3485 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
3486 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
3487 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
3488 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
3489 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
3490 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
3491
3492 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
3493 available for service units, that allows locking all service
3494 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
3495 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
3496 from the service's view entirely.
3497
3498 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
3499 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
3500
3501 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
3502 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
3503 session.
3504
3505 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
3506 legacy-free systems.
3507
3508 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
3509 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
3510 easily.
3511
3512 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
3513 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
3514 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
3515 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
3516 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
3517 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
3518 option.
3519
3520 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
3521 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
3522 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
3523 /usr.
3524
3525 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
3526 services, not only the main process.
3527
3528 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
3529 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
3530 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
3531 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
3532 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
3533
3534 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
3535 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
3536 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
3537 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
3538 directly from now on, again.
3539
3540 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
3541 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
3542 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
3543 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
3544 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
3545 unit file enabling and disabling.
3546
3547 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
3548 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
3549 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
3550 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
3551 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
3552 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
3553 unnecessary or unlikely.
3554
3555 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
3556 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
3557 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
3558 "anually", "hourly", ...).
3559
3560 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
3561 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
3562 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
3563 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
3564 overwritten at runtime.
3565
3566 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
3567 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
3568 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
3569 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
3570 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
3571 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
3572 segmentation fault.
3573
3574 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
3575 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
3576 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3577 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
3578 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
3579 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
3580 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
3581 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
3582 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
3583 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
3584 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
3585 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
3586 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
3587 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
3588 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
3589 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
3590 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
3591 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
3592 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
3593 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
3594 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
3595 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3596
3597 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
3598
3599 CHANGES WITH 216:
3600
3601 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
3602 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
3603 implementations should add a
3604
3605 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
3606
3607 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
3608 default functionality.
3609
3610 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
3611 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
3612 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
3613 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
3614 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
3615 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
3616 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
3617 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
3618 files might need to be owned by them. A new
3619 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
3620 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
3621 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
3622 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
3623
3624 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
3625 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
3626 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
3627 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
3628 expected to be added eventually, too.
3629
3630 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
3631 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
3632 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
3633 new command to update these fields.
3634
3635 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
3636 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
3637 have been discovered via DHCP.
3638
3639 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
3640 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
3641 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
3642 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
3643 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
3644 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
3645 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
3646 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
3647 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
3648 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
3649 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
3650 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
3651 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
3652 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
3653 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
3654 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
3655 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
3656 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
3657 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
3658 implementation to systemd-resolved.
3659
3660 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
3661 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
3662 containers to their respective IP addresses.
3663
3664 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
3665 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
3666 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
3667 and present it to the user in a very friendly
3668 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
3669 control utility for networkd.
3670
3671 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
3672 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
3673 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
3674 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
3675 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
3676 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
3677 (NoDelay=).
3678
3679 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
3680 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
3681
3682 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
3683 be started only after time-sync.target has been
3684 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
3685 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
3686 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
3687 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
3688
3689 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
3690 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
3691 of the link.
3692
3693 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
3694 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
3695
3696 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
3697 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
3698
3699 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
3700 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
3701 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
3702 for DHCP.
3703
3704 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
3705 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
3706 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
3707 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
3708 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
3709 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
3710 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
3711 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
3712
3713 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
3714 validation of unit files.
3715
3716 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
3717 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
3718 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
3719 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
3720 address may now be configured.
3721
3722 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
3723 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
3724 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
3725 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
3726
3727 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
3728 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
3729
3730 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
3731 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
3732 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
3733 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
3734
3735 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
3736 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
3737 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
3738 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
3739 implementation.
3740
3741 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
3742 journal data to a remote system running
3743 systemd-journal-remote.
3744
3745 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
3746 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
3747 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
3748 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
3749 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
3750 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
3751 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
3752 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
3753 version, you have to turn this option on again
3754 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
3755
3756 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
3757 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
3758 better than XZ which was the previous default.
3759
3760 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
3761 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
3762
3763 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
3764 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
3765
3766 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
3767 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
3768 "systemctl status" output for a service.
3769
3770 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3771 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
3772 hostname, root password) interactively on first
3773 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3774 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3775
3776 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3777
3778 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3779
3780 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3781 when primary addresses are removed.
3782
3783 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3784 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3785 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3786 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3787 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3788 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3789 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3790 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3791 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3792 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3793 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3794 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3795 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3796 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3797 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3798
3799 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
3800
3801 CHANGES WITH 215:
3802
3803 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3804 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3805 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3806 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3807 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3808 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3809 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3810 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3811 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3812 require.
3813
3814 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3815 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3816
3817 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3818 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3819 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3820 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3821 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3822 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3823 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3824
3825 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3826 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3827 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3828 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3829 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3830 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3831 update or reset should use this condition and order
3832 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3833 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3834 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3835 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3836 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3837 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3838 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
3839 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
3840 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3841
3842 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3843
3844 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3845 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3846 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3847 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3848
3849 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3850 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3851 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3852 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3853 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3854 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3855 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
3856 .network files using settings of this section should be
3857 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3858 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
3859
3860 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3861 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
3862
3863 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3864 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3865 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3866 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3867 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3868 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3869 of nspawn instances.
3870
3871 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3872 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3873 added.
3874
3875 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3876 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3877 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3878 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3879 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3880 configuration stored in /etc.
3881
3882 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3883 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3884 parsing of unknown mount options.
3885
3886 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3887 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3888 it already exist and not already be the correct
3889 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
3890 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3891 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3892 pre-existing files of different types.
3893
3894 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3895 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
3896 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
3897 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3898 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3899 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3900 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3901
3902 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3903 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3904 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3905 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3906 shall be executed.
3907
3908 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3909 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
3910 example whether it is fully up and running.
3911
3912 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3913 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3914 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3915 reset.
3916
3917 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3918 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3919
3920 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3921 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3922 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3923
3924 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3925 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3926 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3927
3928 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3929 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3930 access to this group.
3931
3932 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3933 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3934 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3935 to the journal.
3936
3937 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3938 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3939 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3940 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3941 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3942 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3943
3944 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3945 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3946 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3947 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3948 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3949 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3950 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3951 the old name to the new name.
3952
3953 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
3954 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
3955 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3956
3957 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3958 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3959 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3960 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3961 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3962 "systemd-debug-generator".
3963
3964 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3965 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3966 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3967 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3968 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3969 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3970 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
3971 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3972 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
3973 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3974 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3975
3976 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3977 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3978 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
3979 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3980 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3981 machine and user.
3982
3983 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3984 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3985 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3986 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3987 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3988
3989 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3990 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3991 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3992 couple of drop-in directories.
3993
3994 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3995 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3996 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3997 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3998 for dev_port.
3999
4000 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
4001 container (read from /etc/os-release and
4002 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
4003 "machinectl status" for a machine.
4004
4005 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
4006 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
4007 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
4008 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
4009 Restart= setting.
4010
4011 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
4012 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
4013 directly connect to a specific container on the
4014 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
4015 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
4016 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
4017 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
4018 containers is a privileged operation.
4019
4020 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
4021 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
4022 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
4023 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
4024 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4025 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
4026 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
4027 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
4028 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
4029 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
4030 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
4031 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4032
4033 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
4034
4035 CHANGES WITH 214:
4036
4037 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
4038 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
4039 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
4040 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
4041 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
4042 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
4043 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
4044 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
4045 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
4046 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
4047 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4048 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
4049 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4050 devices are excluded from this logic.
4051
4052 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
4053 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
4054 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
4055 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
4056 change has been released.
4057
4058 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
4059 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
4060 libattr is thus unnecessary.
4061
4062 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
4063 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
4064 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
4065 with fewer privileges.
4066
4067 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
4068 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
4069 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
4070 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
4071
4072 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
4073 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
4074
4075 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
4076 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
4077
4078 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
4079 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
4080 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
4081
4082 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
4083 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
4084 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
4085 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
4086 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
4087 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
4088
4089 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
4090 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
4091 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
4092
4093 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
4094 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
4095 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
4096 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
4097 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
4098 modifications of user data or system files from
4099 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
4100 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
4101
4102 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
4103 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
4104 and FIFOs in the file system.
4105
4106 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
4107 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
4108 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
4109
4110 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
4111 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
4112 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
4113 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
4114 the socket itself.
4115
4116 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
4117 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
4118 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
4119 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
4120 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
4121 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
4122 symlinks, and nothing else.
4123
4124 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
4125 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
4126 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
4127 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
4128 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
4129 process (for example, the parent process). The
4130 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
4131 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
4132 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
4133 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
4134 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
4135 messages to services when the originating process already
4136 vanished.
4137
4138 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
4139 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
4140 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
4141 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
4142 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
4143 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
4144 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
4145 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
4146 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
4147 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
4148 all long-running services.
4149
4150 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
4151 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
4152 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
4153 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
4154 service.
4155
4156 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
4157 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
4158 applied to all submounts, too.
4159
4160 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
4161
4162 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
4163 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
4164 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
4165 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
4166 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
4167 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
4168 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
4169
4170 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
4171 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
4172 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
4173 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
4174 (domU) domains.
4175
4176 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
4177 files or entire directories.
4178
4179 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
4180 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
4181 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
4182 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
4183 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
4184
4185 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
4186 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
4187 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
4188 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
4189 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
4190 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
4191 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
4192 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
4193 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
4194 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
4195 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
4196 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
4197
4198 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
4199 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
4200 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
4201 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
4202
4203 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
4204 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
4205 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
4206 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
4207 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
4208 non-directories.
4209
4210 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
4211 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
4212 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
4213
4214 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
4215 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
4216 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
4217 this group.
4218
4219 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
4220 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
4221 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
4222 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
4223 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
4224 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
4225 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4226
4227 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
4228
4229 CHANGES WITH 213:
4230
4231 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
4232 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
4233 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
4234 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
4235 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
4236 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
4237 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
4238 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
4239 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
4240 client should be more than appropriate for most
4241 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
4242 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
4243 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
4244 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
4245 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
4246 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
4247 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
4248 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
4249 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
4250 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
4251 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
4252
4253 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
4254 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
4255 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
4256 part of a different namespace.
4257
4258 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
4259 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
4260 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
4261 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
4262
4263 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
4264 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
4265 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
4266
4267 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
4268 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
4269 when a service fails. This works similarly to
4270 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
4271 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
4272 restart the service in question.
4273
4274 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
4275 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
4276 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
4277 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
4278 details when running non-locally.
4279
4280 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
4281 graphs it generates.
4282
4283 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
4284 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
4285 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
4286 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
4287 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
4288
4289 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
4290
4291 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
4292 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
4293 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
4294 what it was on SysV systems.
4295
4296 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
4297 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
4298
4299 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
4300 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
4301 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
4302 files.
4303
4304 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
4305 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
4306 to show these addresses in its output.
4307
4308 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
4309 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
4310 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
4311 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
4312 preferred over a text one.
4313
4314 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
4315 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
4316 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
4317 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
4318 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
4319 mDNS cache.
4320
4321 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
4322 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
4323 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
4324 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
4325 of network configuration performed in some other way.
4326
4327 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
4328 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
4329 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
4330 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
4331 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
4332
4333 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
4334 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
4335 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
4336 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
4337 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
4338 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
4339 overrides any other settings.
4340
4341 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
4342 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
4343 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
4344 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
4345 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
4346 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
4347 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
4348 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
4349 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4350 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4351 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
4352 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
4353 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
4354 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
4355 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
4356 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
4357 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4358
4359 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
4360
4361 CHANGES WITH 212:
4362
4363 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
4364 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
4365 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
4366 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
4367 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
4368 by accident.
4369
4370 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
4371 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
4372 registered with machined.
4373
4374 * sd-login gained new calls
4375 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
4376 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
4377 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
4378 counterparts.
4379
4380 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
4381 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
4382 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
4383 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
4384 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
4385 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
4386 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
4387 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
4388 once.
4389
4390 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
4391 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
4392 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
4393
4394 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
4395 units on all local containers, when used with the
4396 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
4397 executed when no parameters are specified).
4398
4399 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
4400 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
4401 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
4402 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
4403
4404 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
4405 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
4406 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
4407 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
4408 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
4409 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
4410
4411 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
4412 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
4413 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
4414 of the container.
4415
4416 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
4417 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
4418 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
4419 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
4420 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
4421 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
4422 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
4423 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
4424
4425 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
4426 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
4427 instead of /.
4428
4429 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
4430 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
4431 emergency messages now.
4432
4433 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
4434 journal log messages across the network.
4435
4436 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
4437 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
4438 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
4439 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
4440 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
4441 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
4442 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
4443
4444 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
4445 down a local OS container.
4446
4447 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
4448 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
4449 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
4450
4451 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
4452 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
4453 this is appropriate.
4454
4455 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
4456 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
4457 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
4458
4459 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
4460 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
4461 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
4462 for debugging purposes.
4463
4464 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
4465 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
4466 in seconds.
4467
4468 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
4469 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
4470 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
4471 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
4472 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
4473 like on traditional inetd.
4474
4475 * A new system.conf configuration option
4476 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
4477 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
4478
4479 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
4480 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
4481 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
4482 do these days).
4483
4484 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
4485 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
4486 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
4487 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
4488 could not take place because the system was powered off.
4489 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
4490
4491 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
4492 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
4493 it will be triggered.
4494
4495 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
4496 addresses to its local interfaces.
4497
4498 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
4499 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
4500 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
4501 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
4502 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
4503 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
4504 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
4505 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
4506 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4507
4508 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
4509
4510 CHANGES WITH 211:
4511
4512 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
4513 added to restrict which socket address families unit
4514 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
4515 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
4516 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
4517 is built on seccomp system call filters.
4518
4519 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
4520 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
4521 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
4522 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
4523 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
4524 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
4525 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
4526 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
4527 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
4528
4529 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
4530 matching against device group names.
4531
4532 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
4533 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
4534 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
4535 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
4536 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
4537 though.
4538
4539 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
4540 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
4541 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
4542 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
4543 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4544 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
4545 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
4546 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
4547 systems prepared appropriately.
4548
4549 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
4550 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
4551 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
4552 (see above). This means that installations made with
4553 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
4554 deployed using container managers, completely
4555 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
4556 this feature soon, too.)
4557
4558 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
4559 set up a private macvlan interface for the
4560 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
4561 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
4562
4563 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
4564 using IPv4LL.
4565
4566 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
4567 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
4568 systemd-networkd.
4569
4570 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
4571 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
4572 still not a public API though (unless you specify
4573 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
4574 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
4575
4576 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
4577 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
4578 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4579 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
4580 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
4581 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
4582 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
4583 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
4584 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
4585 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
4586 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4587 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
4588 users.
4589
4590 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
4591 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
4592 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
4593 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
4594 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
4595 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
4596 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
4597 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
4598 due to a closed lid.
4599
4600 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
4601 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
4602 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
4603 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4604 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
4605 order to then act as suspend blocker.
4606
4607 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
4608 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
4609 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
4610 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
4611 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
4612
4613 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
4614 now also work in --scope mode.
4615
4616 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
4617 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
4618 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
4619 promises are made.)
4620
4621 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
4622 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4623 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
4624 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4625 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
4626 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
4627 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
4628 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
4629 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
4630 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4631
4632 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
4633
4634 CHANGES WITH 210:
4635
4636 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
4637 according to SMACK rules.
4638
4639 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
4640 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
4641
4642 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
4643 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
4644 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
4645
4646 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
4647 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
4648 and machine ID.
4649
4650 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
4651 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
4652 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
4653 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
4654 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
4655 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
4656 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
4657 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
4658 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
4659 backpack or similar.
4660
4661 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
4662 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
4663 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
4664 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
4665 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
4666 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
4667 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
4668 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
4669 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
4670 this on its own.
4671
4672 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
4673 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
4674 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
4675 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
4676
4677 * We will now ship a default .network file for
4678 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
4679 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
4680 --network-bridge= switches.
4681
4682 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
4683 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
4684 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
4685 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
4686 metrics, according to what is customary according to
4687 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
4688 each configuration option.
4689
4690 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
4691 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
4692 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
4693 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
4694 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
4695
4696 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
4697 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
4698 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
4699 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
4700 triggered by other work being done in the program.
4701
4702 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
4703 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
4704 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
4705 default however.
4706
4707 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
4708 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
4709 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
4710 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
4711 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
4712 them with systemd-networkd.
4713
4714 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
4715 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
4716 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
4717 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
4718 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
4719 is drastically increased, but given that these are
4720 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
4721 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
4722 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
4723 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
4724 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
4725 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
4726 during a transitional period!
4727
4728 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
4729 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
4730 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
4731 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
4732 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
4733 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4734 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
4735 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4736
4737 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
4738
4739 CHANGES WITH 209:
4740
4741 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
4742 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
4743 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
4744 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4745 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
4746 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
4747 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4748 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
4749 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4750 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
4751 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
4752 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
4753
4754 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4755 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
4756 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
4757 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4758 machines and the like.
4759
4760 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
4761 shutdown/boot.
4762
4763 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
4764 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
4765
4766 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
4767 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4768 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
4769 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4770
4771 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4772 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
4773 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4774 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
4775 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
4776 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4777
4778 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4779 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4780 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
4781 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
4782 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4783 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4784 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4785 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
4786 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
4787
4788 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4789 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
4790
4791 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4792 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4793 implementation.
4794
4795 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4796 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
4797 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4798 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4799 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4800 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4801 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4802 and .service units.
4803
4804 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4805 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4806 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4807
4808 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
4809 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
4810 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
4811 nothing makes use of it.
4812
4813 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4814 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4815 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4816
4817 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4818 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4819 compatibility purposes.
4820
4821 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4822 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4823 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
4824 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
4825 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4826 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4827 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4828 process handling.
4829
4830 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4831 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4832 style to "sd-bus.h".
4833
4834 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4835 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
4836 "systemd-networkd".
4837
4838 * There is a new kernel command line option
4839 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4840 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4841 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4842 are not restored.
4843
4844 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4845 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4846 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4847 PID1's support for that anymore.
4848
4849 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
4850 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4851
4852 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4853 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4854 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4855 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4856 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4857 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4858
4859 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4860 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
4861 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4862 onto remote systems.
4863
4864 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4865 login in any local container. This works with any container
4866 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
4867 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
4868
4869 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4870 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4871 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4872 system of some kind.
4873
4874 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4875 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4876 next.
4877
4878 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4879 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4880 reboot() system call.
4881
4882 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4883 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
4884 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
4885 still available but not advertised anymore.
4886
4887 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4888 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
4889 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
4890 within each Unit.
4891
4892 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4893 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
4894 the kernel).
4895
4896 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
4897 timestamps (following the setting in
4898 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
4899
4900 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4901 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4902
4903 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4904 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4905
4906 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4907 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4908 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4909
4910 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4911 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
4912 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4913 the full configuration is shown.
4914
4915 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4916 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
4917 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4918
4919 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
4920
4921 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4922 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4923
4924 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
4925 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4926 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4927 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4928
4929 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4930 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4931 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4932 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4933
4934 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4935 of the legend text.
4936
4937 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4938 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4939 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4940 remote sessions.
4941
4942 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4943 information of SDIO devices.
4944
4945 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4946 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4947 the system manager.
4948
4949 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
4950 short description of the connection parameters in the
4951 description.
4952
4953 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
4954 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4955 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
4956 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4957 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4958 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4959 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
4960
4961 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4962 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
4963 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4964 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4965 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4966 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
4967 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
4968 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
4969 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4970
4971 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4972 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4973 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4974 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
4975 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4976 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
4977 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
4978 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
4979 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4980 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4981 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4982 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4983 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4984 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4985 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4986 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4987 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4988 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4989 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
4990 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4991 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
4992 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4993 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4994
4995 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
4996 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
4997 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4998 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4999 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
5000 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
5001 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
5002 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
5003 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
5004 that you are aware of the instability of the current
5005 APIs.
5006
5007 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
5008 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
5009 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
5010 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
5011 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
5012 declare the APIs stable.
5013
5014 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
5015 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
5016 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
5017 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
5018 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
5019 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
5020 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
5021 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
5022 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
5023 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
5024 one of them is updated.
5025
5026 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
5027 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
5028 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
5029 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
5030 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
5031
5032 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
5033 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
5034 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
5035 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
5036 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
5037 entry points.
5038
5039 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
5040 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
5041 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
5042 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
5043 been disabled at compile-time.
5044
5045 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
5046 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
5047 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
5048 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
5049
5050 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
5051 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
5052 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
5053
5054 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
5055 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
5056 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
5057
5058 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
5059 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
5060 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
5061
5062 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
5063 remains until jobs expire.
5064
5065 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
5066 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
5067 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
5068 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
5069 all remaining processes of the service.
5070
5071 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
5072 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
5073 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
5074 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
5075 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
5076 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
5077 manager process which created them takes no further
5078 responsibilities for it.
5079
5080 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
5081 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
5082 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
5083 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
5084 marked executable or world-writable.
5085
5086 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
5087 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
5088 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
5089 "--setenv=" for consistency.
5090
5091 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
5092 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
5093 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
5094 independent of the host.
5095
5096 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
5097 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
5098 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
5099 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
5100
5101 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
5102 with specific SELinux labels set.
5103
5104 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
5105 any additional output but the container's own console
5106 output.
5107
5108 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
5109 container without PID namespacing enabled.
5110
5111 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
5112 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
5113 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
5114 OS images, but only specific apps.
5115
5116 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
5117 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
5118 results in registration of the unit service itself in
5119 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
5120
5121 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
5122 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
5123 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
5124 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
5125 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
5126 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
5127
5128 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
5129 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
5130 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
5131 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
5132 units to use.
5133
5134 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
5135 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
5136 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
5137 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
5138
5139 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
5140 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
5141 context for a service.
5142
5143 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
5144 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
5145 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
5146 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
5147 influence this logic.
5148
5149 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
5150 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
5151 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
5152 other things.
5153
5154 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
5155 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
5156 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
5157 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
5158 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
5159 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
5160 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
5161 architectures). There is also a global
5162 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
5163 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
5164
5165 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
5166 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
5167
5168 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
5169 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
5170 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5171 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
5172 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
5173 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
5174 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
5175 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
5176 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
5177 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
5178 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
5179 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
5180 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5181 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
5182 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
5183 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
5184 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
5185 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
5186 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
5187 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
5188 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5189 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
5190 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
5191 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5192
5193 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
5194
5195 CHANGES WITH 208:
5196
5197 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
5198 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
5199 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
5200 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
5201 access input and drm devices which are normally
5202 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
5203 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
5204 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
5205 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
5206 session switching without allowing background sessions to
5207 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
5208 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
5209 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
5210
5211 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
5212 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
5213 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
5214
5215 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
5216 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
5217 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
5218 kernel version number.
5219
5220 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
5221 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
5222 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
5223
5224 * This release removes high-level support for the
5225 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
5226 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
5227 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
5228 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
5229
5230 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
5231 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
5232 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
5233 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
5234 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
5235 cgroup system.
5236
5237 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
5238 messages containing the slice a message was generated
5239 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
5240 logs among other things.
5241
5242 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
5243 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
5244 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
5245 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
5246 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
5247 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
5248 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
5249 journald which would be necessary to resolve
5250 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
5251 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
5252 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
5253 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
5254 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
5255 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
5256 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
5257 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
5258 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
5259 not delayed until next reboot.
5260
5261 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
5262 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
5263 systemd generated files in one directory.
5264
5265 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
5266 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
5267 performance information if that's available to determine how
5268 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
5269 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
5270 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
5271
5272 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
5273 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
5274 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
5275 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5276 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
5277 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
5278 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5279
5280 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
5281
5282 CHANGES WITH 207:
5283
5284 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
5285 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
5286 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
5287 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
5288
5289 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
5290 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
5291 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
5292 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
5293 specified on the kernel command line less important.
5294
5295 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
5296 retrieve the VT number of a session.
5297
5298 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
5299 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
5300 maximum number of tries.
5301
5302 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
5303 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
5304 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
5305
5306 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
5307 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
5308
5309 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
5310 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
5311 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
5312
5313 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
5314 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
5315 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
5316
5317 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
5318 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
5319 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
5320 and type).
5321
5322 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
5323 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
5324
5325 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
5326 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
5327 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
5328 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
5329
5330 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
5331 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
5332 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
5333 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
5334 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
5335 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
5336 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
5337 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
5338
5339 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
5340 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
5341 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
5342 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
5343
5344 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
5345 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
5346 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
5347 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
5348 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
5349 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
5350 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
5351
5352 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
5353 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
5354
5355 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
5356 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
5357 automatically after the process terminated.
5358
5359 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
5360 certain paths from operation.
5361
5362 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
5363 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
5364 is received.
5365
5366 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
5367 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
5368 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
5369 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
5370 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
5371 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
5372 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5373 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
5374 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
5375 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
5376 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
5377 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
5378 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5379
5380 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
5381
5382 CHANGES WITH 206:
5383
5384 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
5385 concepts introduced with 205.
5386
5387 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
5388 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
5389 -r".
5390
5391 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
5392 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
5393 --state= parameter.
5394
5395 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
5396 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
5397 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
5398 the journal.
5399
5400 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
5401 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
5402 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
5403
5404 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
5405 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
5406 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
5407 browsing logs from that point on.
5408
5409 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
5410 of an FSS key.
5411
5412 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
5413 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
5414 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
5415 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
5416 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
5417 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
5418 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
5419 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
5420 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
5421 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
5422 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
5423 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
5424 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
5425 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
5426
5427 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
5428 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
5429 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
5430 backing module right-away.
5431
5432 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
5433 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
5434
5435 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
5436 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
5437
5438 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
5439 set of processes in the message metadata.
5440
5441 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
5442
5443 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
5444 support for passing performance data via environment
5445 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
5446 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
5447 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
5448 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
5449 deserialize it again.
5450
5451 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
5452 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
5453 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
5454 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
5455
5456 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
5457 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
5458 completely silent shutdown when used.
5459
5460 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
5461 option in .socket units.
5462
5463 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
5464 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
5465 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
5466 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
5467 system.slice as before.
5468
5469 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
5470
5471 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
5472 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
5473 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5474 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
5475 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
5476 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
5477 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5478
5479 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
5480
5481 CHANGES WITH 205:
5482
5483 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
5484
5485 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
5486 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
5487 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
5488 possible for system services and applications to group their
5489 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
5490 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
5491 together, or apply resource limits on them.
5492
5493 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
5494 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
5495 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
5496 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
5497 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
5498
5499 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
5500 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
5501 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
5502 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
5503
5504 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
5505 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
5506 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
5507 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
5508 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
5509 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
5510 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
5511 and useful as a general batch manager.
5512
5513 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
5514 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
5515 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
5516 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
5517 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
5518 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
5519 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
5520 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
5521 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
5522 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
5523
5524 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
5525 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
5526 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
5527 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
5528 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
5529 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
5530 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
5531 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
5532 is compile-time optional.
5533
5534 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
5535 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
5536 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
5537 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
5538 well as slice units.
5539
5540 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
5541 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
5542 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
5543 but will be extended later on to make more properties
5544 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
5545 command that wraps this call.
5546
5547 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
5548 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
5549 while configuring a number of settings via the command
5550 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
5551 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
5552 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
5553 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
5554
5555 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
5556 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
5557 off audit.
5558
5559 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
5560 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
5561
5562 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
5563 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
5564 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
5565 and system logs.
5566
5567 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
5568 snippets extending unit files.
5569
5570 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
5571 not available as public API.
5572
5573 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
5574 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
5575 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
5576
5577 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
5578 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
5579 controls what to boot into by default.
5580
5581 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
5582 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
5583
5584 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
5585 generators needed for execution, as well as information
5586 about the unit file loading.
5587
5588 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
5589 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
5590 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
5591 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
5592 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
5593 racy due to journal file rotation.
5594
5595 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
5596 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
5597 all services.
5598
5599 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
5600 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
5601 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
5602 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
5603 system services want to log events about specific client
5604 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
5605 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
5606 unit is requested.
5607
5608 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
5609 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
5610 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
5611 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
5612 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
5613 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5614 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
5615 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
5616 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
5617 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
5618 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5619 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
5620 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
5621
5622 CHANGES WITH 204:
5623
5624 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
5625 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
5626
5627 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
5628 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
5629 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
5630
5631 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
5632 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5633
5634 CHANGES WITH 203:
5635
5636 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
5637 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
5638
5639 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
5640 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
5641 fields, including the root directory.
5642
5643 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
5644 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
5645 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
5646 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
5647 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
5648 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
5649 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
5650 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
5651 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
5652 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
5653 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
5654
5655 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
5656 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
5657
5658 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
5659 have taken an inhibitor lock.
5660
5661 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
5662 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
5663 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
5664 the local hostname.
5665
5666 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
5667 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
5668 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
5669 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
5670 VMs/containers coming and going.
5671
5672 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
5673 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
5674 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
5675
5676 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
5677 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
5678 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
5679 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
5680
5681 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
5682 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
5683 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
5684
5685 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
5686 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
5687 services. With the container's root directory in
5688 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
5689 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
5690
5691 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
5692 the processes within a certain container.
5693
5694 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
5695 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
5696 check though. Patches welcome!
5697
5698 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
5699 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
5700 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
5701 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
5702 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
5703
5704 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
5705 the passed argument if applicable.
5706
5707 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
5708 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5709 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
5710 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
5711 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
5712 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
5713 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
5714 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5715
5716 CHANGES WITH 202:
5717
5718 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
5719 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
5720 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
5721 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
5722 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
5723 units activate.
5724
5725 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
5726 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
5727 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
5728 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
5729 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
5730 for now, and not installable.
5731
5732 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
5733 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
5734 can run in conjunction with udev.
5735
5736 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
5737 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
5738 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
5739 session manager.
5740
5741 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
5742 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
5743 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
5744 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
5745 services, user processes and containers/virtual
5746 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
5747 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
5748 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
5749 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
5750 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
5751 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
5752
5753 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
5754
5755 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
5756 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
5757 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
5758 logical expressions.
5759
5760 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
5761 switches.
5762
5763 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
5764 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
5765 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
5766 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
5767 the user.
5768
5769 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5770 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5771 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5772 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5773 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5774 an entry.
5775
5776 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5777 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5778 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5779 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5780 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5781 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5782
5783 CHANGES WITH 201:
5784
5785 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5786 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5787 directory.
5788
5789 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5790 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5791 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5792 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5793 problem.
5794
5795 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5796 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5797 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5798 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5799
5800 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5801 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5802
5803 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5804 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5805 files in this context are files such as
5806 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5807
5808 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5809 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5810 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5811 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5812 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5813 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5814
5815 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5816 hostnames.
5817
5818 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5819 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5820 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5821 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5822 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5823 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5824 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5825 all time-related output of systemd.
5826
5827 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5828 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5829 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5830 loops.
5831
5832 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5833 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5834
5835 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5836 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
5837 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
5838 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5839 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5840
5841 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5842 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5843 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5844 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5845 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5846 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5847 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5848
5849 CHANGES WITH 200:
5850
5851 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5852 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5853 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5854 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5855 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5856 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5857
5858 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5859 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5860 images.
5861
5862 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5863 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5864 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5865
5866 CHANGES WITH 199:
5867
5868 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5869
5870 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5871 security policy.
5872
5873 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5874 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5875 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5876 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5877 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5878 the same service can still access). When a service is
5879 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
5880 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
5881 this though).
5882
5883 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5884 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5885 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5886 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5887 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5888 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5889
5890 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
5891 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
5892
5893 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5894 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5895
5896 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5897
5898 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
5899 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5900 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5901 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5902 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
5903
5904 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5905 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5906 system is to be mounted.
5907
5908 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5909 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5910 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5911 purpose for socket units.
5912
5913 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5914 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5915
5916 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5917 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
5918 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
5919 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
5920 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
5921
5922 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5923 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5924 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5925 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5926 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5927 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5928 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5929 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5930 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5931
5932 CHANGES WITH 198:
5933
5934 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5935 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5936 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5937 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5938 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
5939 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
5940 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5941 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5942 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
5943 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5944 unit files locally: copying the files from
5945 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5946 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5947 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5948 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
5949 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
5950 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5951 for them too.
5952
5953 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
5954 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
5955 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5956 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5957 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5958 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5959 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
5960 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5961 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
5962
5963 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5964 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5965
5966 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
5967 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5968 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5969 other users.
5970
5971 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5972 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5973 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5974 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5975 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
5976 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
5977 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5978 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
5979 management logic is also available to other programs via the
5980 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5981 supported.
5982
5983 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
5984 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5985 the foreground VT.
5986
5987 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5988 call.
5989
5990 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5991 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5992 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
5993 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5994 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5995 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
5996 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5997 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5998 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5999 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
6000 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
6001 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
6002 also been removed.
6003
6004 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6005 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
6006 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
6007 objects themselves.
6008
6009 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
6010
6011 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
6012 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
6013 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
6014 to how this is supported in shells.
6015
6016 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
6017 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
6018 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
6019 user systemd instance.
6020
6021 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
6022 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
6023 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
6024 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
6025 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
6026 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
6027 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
6028 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
6029 one day for good in the kernel.
6030
6031 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
6032 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
6033 container.
6034
6035 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6036 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
6037 the host into the container.
6038
6039 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6040 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
6041 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
6042 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
6043 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
6044 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
6045
6046 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
6047
6048 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
6049 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6050 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
6051 configured to be mounted there.
6052
6053 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
6054 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
6055 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
6056 system resume events.
6057
6058 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
6059 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
6060 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
6061 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
6062
6063 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
6064 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
6065 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
6066 card).
6067
6068 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
6069 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
6070 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
6071
6072 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
6073 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
6074 later "change" event.
6075
6076 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
6077 now carry a message ID.
6078
6079 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
6080 continues to be work in progress.
6081
6082 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
6083 root directory to operate relative to.
6084
6085 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
6086 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
6087 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
6088 times a little.
6089
6090 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
6091 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
6092 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
6093 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
6094 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
6095 request boot into firmware operations.
6096
6097 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
6098 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
6099 correctly in initrds.
6100
6101 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
6102 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
6103
6104 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
6105 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
6106
6107 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
6108 the status of all active or failed units.
6109
6110 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
6111 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
6112 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6113 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
6114 requests more robust.
6115
6116 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
6117 reading journal files.
6118
6119 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
6120 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
6121
6122 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
6123
6124 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6125 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
6126
6127 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
6128 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
6129 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
6130 socket activation in daemons.
6131
6132 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
6133 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
6134
6135 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
6136 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
6137 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
6138
6139 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
6140 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
6141 system units.
6142
6143 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
6144 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
6145 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
6146
6147 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
6148 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
6149 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6150 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
6151 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
6152 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
6153 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
6154 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
6155 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
6156 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
6157 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6158 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
6159 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
6160 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
6161 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
6162 package installation time.
6163
6164 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
6165 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
6166 scripts need to create these system user/group at
6167 installation time.
6168
6169 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
6170 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
6171
6172 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
6173
6174 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
6175 available.
6176
6177 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
6178 load SMACK policies at early boot.
6179
6180 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
6181 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
6182 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
6183 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
6184 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6185 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
6186 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
6187 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
6188 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
6189 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
6190 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
6191 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6192 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
6193 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
6194
6195 CHANGES WITH 197:
6196
6197 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
6198 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
6199 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
6200 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
6201 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
6202 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
6203 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
6204 the supported calendar time specification language see
6205 systemd.time(7).
6206
6207 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
6208 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
6209 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
6210 document for details:
6211
6212 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
6213
6214 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
6215 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
6216 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
6217 implementations around and minimal in its code and
6218 dependencies.
6219
6220 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
6221 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
6222 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
6223 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
6224 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
6225 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
6226 with a configure switch.
6227
6228 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
6229 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
6230 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
6231 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
6232 such as ext4.
6233
6234 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
6235 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
6236 identities are attached to the devices as well.
6237
6238 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
6239 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
6240
6241 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
6242 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
6243 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
6244 using only core OS tools.
6245
6246 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
6247 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
6248 implementation of socket activated nspawn
6249 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
6250 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
6251 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
6252 eventually.
6253
6254 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
6255 presenting log data.
6256
6257 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
6258 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
6259
6260 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
6261 system on idle.
6262
6263 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
6264 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
6265 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
6266 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
6267 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
6268 information if possible.
6269
6270 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
6271 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
6272 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
6273
6274 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
6275 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
6276 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
6277 is running on battery power.
6278
6279 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
6280 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
6281 is in the "failed" state.
6282
6283 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
6284 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
6285 environment files at once.
6286
6287 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
6288 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
6289 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
6290 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
6291 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
6292 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
6293 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
6294 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
6295 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
6296 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
6297 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
6298 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
6299 pieces of code locally from the git history.
6300
6301 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
6302 log the unit name in the message meta data.
6303
6304 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
6305 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
6306
6307 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
6308 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
6309 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
6310 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
6311 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
6312 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
6313 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
6314 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
6315 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
6316 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
6317 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
6318 shipped from us upstream.
6319
6320 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
6321 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
6322 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
6323 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
6324 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6325 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6326 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
6327 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
6328 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
6329 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
6330 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
6331 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
6332 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6333
6334 CHANGES WITH 196:
6335
6336 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
6337 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
6338 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
6339 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
6340 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
6341 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
6342 becoming the one central database for non-essential
6343 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
6344 database was only attached to select devices, since the
6345 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
6346 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
6347 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
6348 data for all devices where this is available, by
6349 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
6350 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
6351 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
6352 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
6353 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
6354 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
6355
6356 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
6357 indexed database to link up additional information with
6358 journal entries. For further details please check:
6359
6360 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
6361
6362 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
6363 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
6364 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
6365 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
6366 macro for this purpose.
6367
6368 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
6369 Python logging framework.
6370
6371 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
6372 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
6373 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
6374 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
6375 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
6376 time intervals.
6377
6378 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
6379 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
6380 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
6381
6382 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
6383 right-away on the selected coredump.
6384
6385 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
6386 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
6387 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
6388
6389 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
6390 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
6391 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
6392 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
6393
6394 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
6395 default.
6396
6397 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
6398 SMACK security label.
6399
6400 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
6401 daylight saving change.
6402
6403 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
6404 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
6405 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
6406 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
6407 distributions who still need support this to either continue
6408 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
6409 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
6410
6411 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
6412 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
6413 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
6414 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
6415 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
6416 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
6417 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
6418 PolicyKit is not around.
6419
6420 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
6421 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
6422
6423 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
6424 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
6425 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
6426 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
6427 offline updating tools.
6428
6429 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
6430 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
6431 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
6432 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
6433 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
6434 directories for packages to place various data files in.
6435
6436 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
6437 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
6438
6439 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
6440 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
6441 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
6442 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6443 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
6444 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
6445 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
6446 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
6447 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6448
6449 CHANGES WITH 195:
6450
6451 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
6452 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
6453 units via --unit=/-u.
6454
6455 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
6456 right thing.
6457
6458 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
6459 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
6460 rotation.
6461
6462 * The journal will now index the available field values for
6463 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
6464 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
6465 completion of journalctl has been updated
6466 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
6467 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
6468
6469 * More service events are now written as structured messages
6470 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
6471
6472 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
6473 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
6474 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
6475 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
6476 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
6477 these settings from the command line now, especially since
6478 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
6479 completion.
6480
6481 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
6482 extract coredumps from the journal.
6483
6484 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
6485 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
6486 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
6487 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
6488 scratch their heads.
6489
6490 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
6491 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
6492
6493 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
6494 in immediate termination of systemd.
6495
6496 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
6497 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
6498
6499 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
6500 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
6501 mouse screen support has been added.
6502
6503 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
6504 Server-Sent-Events as output.
6505
6506 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
6507 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
6508 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
6509 "systemctl reload".
6510
6511 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
6512 -u" instead.
6513
6514 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
6515 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
6516 configured.
6517
6518 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
6519 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
6520
6521 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
6522 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
6523 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
6524 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
6525 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
6526 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
6527 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
6528
6529 CHANGES WITH 194:
6530
6531 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
6532 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
6533 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
6534 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
6535 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
6536 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
6537 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
6538 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
6539 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
6540 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
6541 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
6542 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
6543
6544 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
6545 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
6546 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6547
6548 CHANGES WITH 193:
6549
6550 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
6551 starting from the specified location in the journal.
6552
6553 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
6554 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
6555 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
6556
6557 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
6558 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
6559 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
6560 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
6561 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
6562 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
6563 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
6564
6565 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
6566 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
6567
6568 This will download the journal contents in a
6569 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
6570
6571 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
6572
6573 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
6574 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
6575 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
6576 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
6577 screenshot of this app in its current state:
6578
6579 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
6580
6581 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
6582 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
6583
6584 CHANGES WITH 192:
6585
6586 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
6587 too.
6588
6589 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
6590 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
6591 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
6592 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
6593 just start them.
6594
6595 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
6596 and line break accordingly.
6597
6598 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6599 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
6600
6601 CHANGES WITH 191:
6602
6603 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
6604 container environment, copying the host's timezone
6605 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
6606 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
6607 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
6608
6609 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
6610 will default to 10 if omitted.
6611
6612 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
6613 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
6614 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
6615 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6616 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
6617
6618 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
6619 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
6620 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
6621 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
6622 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
6623 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6624 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
6625
6626 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
6627 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6628 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
6629 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
6630 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
6631 into two.
6632
6633 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
6634 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
6635
6636 CHANGES WITH 190:
6637
6638 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
6639 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
6640 "systemctl status".
6641
6642 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
6643 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
6644 system to another place in the same file system could not be
6645 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
6646 field.)
6647
6648 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
6649 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
6650 default.
6651
6652 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
6653 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
6654 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
6655 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
6656 in a container.
6657
6658 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
6659 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
6660 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
6661 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
6662 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
6663 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
6664
6665 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
6666 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
6667 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
6668 no-op.
6669
6670 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
6671 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
6672 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
6673 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
6674 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
6675
6676 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
6677 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
6678
6679 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
6680 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
6681 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
6682 command.
6683
6684 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
6685 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
6686 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
6687
6688 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
6689
6690 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
6691 multiple files at once.
6692
6693 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
6694 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
6695 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
6696 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
6697 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
6698 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
6699 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
6700
6701 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
6702 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
6703 now support specifiers as well.
6704
6705 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
6706 dir: %_presetdir.
6707
6708 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
6709 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
6710
6711 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
6712 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
6713 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
6714 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
6715 anymore.
6716
6717 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
6718 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
6719 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
6720 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
6721
6722 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
6723 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
6724 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
6725
6726 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
6727 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
6728 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
6729 sockets.
6730
6731 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
6732 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
6733 is changed.
6734
6735 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
6736 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
6737 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
6738 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
6739 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
6740 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
6741 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
6742
6743 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
6744
6745 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
6746 the unit file label and client process label into account.
6747
6748 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
6749 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
6750
6751 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
6752 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
6753 (%b).
6754
6755 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
6756 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
6757 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6758 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6759 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
6760 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6761 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6762
6763 CHANGES WITH 189:
6764
6765 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
6766 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
6767
6768 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
6769 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6770 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6771 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6772 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6773 syslog daemons again.
6774
6775 * The libudev API gained the new
6776 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6777
6778 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6779 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6780 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6781 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6782
6783 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6784 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6785 container.
6786
6787 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6788 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6789 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6790 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6791 this explaining it in more detail.
6792
6793 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6794 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6795 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6796 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6797
6798 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6799 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6800 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6801 journal files.
6802
6803 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6804 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6805 as container init process a lot more fun.
6806
6807 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6808 entries.
6809
6810 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6811 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6812 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6813 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6814 different sets of services.
6815
6816 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6817 failure state.
6818
6819 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
6820 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6821 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6822
6823 CHANGES WITH 188:
6824
6825 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6826 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6827 tree a lot more organized.
6828
6829 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6830 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6831
6832 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6833 services.
6834
6835 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6836 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6837 filtering by log level now.
6838
6839 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6840 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6841 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6842
6843 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
6844 command lines involving service unit names.
6845
6846 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6847 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6848
6849 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6850 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6851 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6852
6853 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6854 option.
6855
6856 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6857 a shutdown is cancelled.
6858
6859 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6860 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6861 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6862 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6863 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6864
6865 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6866 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6867 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6868 for display managers instead.
6869
6870 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6871 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6872 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6873 protection, and suchlike.
6874
6875 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6876 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6877 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6878 the service.
6879
6880 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6881 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6882 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6883 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6884 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6885 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6886
6887 CHANGES WITH 187:
6888
6889 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6890 pages.
6891
6892 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6893 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6894 data loss.
6895
6896 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
6897 option.
6898
6899 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6900
6901 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6902 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6903
6904 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6905 specific directory.
6906
6907 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6908 messages of two different boots.
6909
6910 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6911 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6912 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6913
6914 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6915 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6916 disjunctions.
6917
6918 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6919 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6920 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6921
6922 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6923 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6924 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6925
6926 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6927 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6928 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6929 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6930 speed things up a bit.
6931
6932 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6933 header data of journal files.
6934
6935 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6936 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6937 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6938
6939 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6940 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6941 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6942 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6943
6944 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6945
6946 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6947 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6948 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6949 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6950
6951 CHANGES WITH 186:
6952
6953 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6954 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6955 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6956 prefixed with rd.
6957
6958 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6959 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6960
6961 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6962
6963 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6964
6965 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
6966
6967 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6968 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6969 as well.
6970
6971 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6972 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6973 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6974
6975 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6976 does the right thing. Example:
6977
6978 udevadm info /dev/sda
6979 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6980
6981 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6982 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6983 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6984 running.
6985
6986 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6987 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6988
6989 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6990 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6991
6992 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6993 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6994 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6995 files.
6996
6997 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6998 be stopped that is not loaded.
6999
7000 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
7001
7002 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
7003
7004 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
7005 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
7006 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
7007 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
7008
7009 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
7010 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
7011 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
7012 completed initialization.
7013
7014 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
7015
7016 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
7017 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
7018 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
7019 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
7020 distributions.
7021
7022 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
7023 always valid when services log to the journal via
7024 STDOUT/STDERR.
7025
7026 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
7027 command line options we understand.
7028
7029 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
7030 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
7031
7032 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
7033 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
7034
7035 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
7036 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
7037 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
7038 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
7039
7040 systemctl status /home
7041 systemctl status /dev/sda
7042
7043 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
7044 system.conf parsing.
7045
7046 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
7047 Manager object.
7048
7049 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
7050
7051 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
7052
7053 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
7054 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
7055 complete.
7056
7057 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
7058 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
7059 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
7060 systemd-fsck@.service.
7061
7062 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
7063 Manager object.
7064
7065 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
7066 work sensibly.
7067
7068 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
7069 we actually understand.
7070
7071 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
7072 additional capabilities to the container.
7073
7074 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
7075 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
7076 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
7077
7078 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
7079 the current boot only.
7080
7081 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
7082 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
7083
7084 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
7085 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
7086 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
7087 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
7088 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
7089
7090 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
7091
7092 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
7093 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
7094 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
7095 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
7096
7097 CHANGES WITH 185:
7098
7099 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
7100 available.
7101
7102 * Several new man pages have been added.
7103
7104 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
7105 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
7106 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
7107 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
7108
7109 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
7110 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
7111
7112 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
7113 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
7114 Matthias Clasen
7115
7116 CHANGES WITH 184:
7117
7118 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
7119 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
7120
7121 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
7122 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
7123 daemon.
7124
7125 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
7126 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
7127
7128 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
7129 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
7130 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
7131 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
7132
7133 CHANGES WITH 183:
7134
7135 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
7136 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
7137 and systemd's most recent version number.
7138
7139 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
7140 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
7141 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
7142 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
7143 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
7144 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
7145
7146 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
7147 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
7148 subsystems.
7149
7150 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
7151 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
7152 used to subscribe to events.
7153
7154 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
7155 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
7156 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
7157 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
7158 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
7159 forked by udev rules.
7160
7161 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
7162 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
7163 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
7164 it.
7165
7166 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
7167 udev_monitor_from_socket()
7168 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
7169 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
7170 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
7171
7172 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
7173 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
7174
7175 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
7176 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
7177 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
7178 the files to the new names on upgrade.
7179
7180 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
7181 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
7182 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
7183 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
7184 to be used as drop-in files.
7185
7186 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
7187 particular suspending and hibernating.
7188
7189 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
7190 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
7191 about this in more detail.
7192
7193 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
7194 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
7195 places). Distributions which have not converted these
7196 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
7197 from git history and add them downstream.
7198
7199 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
7200 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
7201 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
7202 units.
7203
7204 * All smaller setup units (such as
7205 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
7206 are run in a container and are skipped when
7207 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
7208 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
7209
7210 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
7211 integrated, for details see:
7212 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
7213
7214 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
7215 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
7216 messages.
7217
7218 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
7219 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
7220 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
7221 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
7222 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
7223
7224 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
7225 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
7226 for all units started by PID 1.
7227
7228 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
7229 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
7230 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
7231
7232 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
7233 of PID 1 anymore.
7234
7235 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
7236 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
7237 have not been read by systemd yet.
7238
7239 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
7240 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
7241 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
7242 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
7243 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
7244 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
7245
7246 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
7247 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
7248
7249 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
7250
7251 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
7252 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
7253 so sexy.
7254
7255 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
7256 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
7257 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
7258 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
7259 patterns.
7260
7261 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
7262 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
7263 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
7264 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
7265
7266 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
7267 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
7268
7269 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
7270 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
7271 in systemd now.
7272
7273 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
7274 ID on the command line.
7275
7276 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
7277 for an init system.
7278
7279 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
7280 vt100.
7281
7282 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
7283
7284 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
7285 components now have directories of their own.
7286
7287 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
7288
7289 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
7290 container in other hierarchies.
7291
7292 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
7293 system.conf.
7294
7295 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
7296
7297 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
7298 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
7299
7300 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
7301 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
7302
7303 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
7304 locally generated journal files.
7305
7306 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
7307
7308 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
7309
7310 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
7311 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
7312 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
7313 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
7314 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
7315 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
7316 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7317 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
7318 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
7319 Gundersen
7320
7321 CHANGES WITH 44:
7322
7323 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7324
7325 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
7326 KVM or container configured UUID.
7327
7328 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
7329
7330 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
7331
7332 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
7333 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
7334
7335 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
7336
7337 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
7338 folks
7339
7340 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
7341 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
7342 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
7343
7344 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
7345 configuration
7346
7347 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
7348 free fashion
7349
7350 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
7351 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
7352 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
7353 automatically generated data.
7354
7355 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
7356 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
7357 however.
7358
7359 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
7360 tarball.
7361
7362 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
7363 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
7364 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
7365 Reding
7366
7367 CHANGES WITH 43:
7368
7369 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7370
7371 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
7372
7373 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
7374
7375 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
7376 normal user logins.
7377
7378 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
7379 Biebl
7380
7381 CHANGES WITH 42:
7382
7383 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
7384
7385 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
7386 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
7387 xsltproc.
7388
7389 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
7390 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
7391 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
7392
7393 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
7394 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
7395 reboot can automatically be triggered.
7396
7397 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
7398
7399 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
7400 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
7401 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
7402
7403 CHANGES WITH 41:
7404
7405 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
7406 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
7407 package update.
7408
7409 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
7410 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
7411 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
7412
7413 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
7414 complete.
7415
7416 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
7417 understood to set system wide environment variables
7418 dynamically at boot.
7419
7420 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
7421
7422 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
7423 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
7424 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
7425 files.
7426
7427 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7428 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
7429 William Douglas
7430
7431 CHANGES WITH 40:
7432
7433 * This is mostly a bugfix release
7434
7435 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
7436 "Result" D-Bus property.
7437
7438 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
7439 the next few releases.)
7440
7441 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
7442 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
7443 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
7444 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
7445
7446 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
7447 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
7448 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
7449
7450 CHANGES WITH 39:
7451
7452 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7453 bugfixes.
7454
7455 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
7456 resource usage.
7457
7458 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
7459 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
7460 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
7461 journals by the respective users.
7462
7463 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
7464 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
7465 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
7466
7467 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
7468 client for all entries.
7469
7470 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
7471
7472 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
7473 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
7474
7475 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
7476 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
7477 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
7478 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
7479
7480 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
7481 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
7482 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
7483
7484 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
7485 journal along with meta data.
7486
7487 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
7488 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
7489 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
7490
7491 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
7492 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
7493 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
7494
7495 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
7496
7497 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
7498 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
7499 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
7500 or fsck.
7501
7502 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
7503 requested with new -k switch.
7504
7505 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7506 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
7507
7508 CHANGES WITH 38:
7509
7510 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
7511 bugfixes.
7512
7513 * The git repository moved to:
7514 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
7515 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
7516
7517 * First release with the journal
7518 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
7519
7520 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
7521 systemd-stdout-bridge.
7522
7523 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
7524
7525 * Many systemadm clean-ups
7526
7527 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
7528 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
7529 remote mounts.
7530
7531 * Added Mageia support
7532
7533 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
7534
7535 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
7536 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
7537 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
7538 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
7539 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
7540
7541 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
7542 of existing distributions.
7543
7544 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
7545 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
7546
7547 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
7548 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
7549 boot.
7550
7551 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
7552
7553 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
7554 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
7555 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
7556 among other things.
7557
7558 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
7559 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
7560
7561 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
7562
7563 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
7564 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
7565 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
7566
7567 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
7568 restored.
7569
7570 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
7571 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
7572 kmod
7573
7574 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
7575 of /usr/local by default.
7576
7577 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
7578 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
7579 in:
7580 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
7581
7582 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
7583 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
7584 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
7585 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
7586 supported anyway, and bad style).
7587
7588 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
7589 reloading of units together.
7590
7591 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
7592 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
7593 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
7594 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
7595 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek